Module:Citation/CS1: Difference between revisions

From RabastorWiki
Jump to navigation Jump to search
m (1 revision)
 
m (1 revision imported)
(One intermediate revision by the same user not shown)
Line 1: Line 1:


local z = {
local cs1 ={};
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
error_ids = {};
message_tail = {};
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
]]
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation


local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local whitelist = {}; -- talbe of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, remove_wiki_link;


Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation


]]
local extract_ids, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
function is_set( var )
 
return not (var == nil or var == '');
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
end
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------


First set variable or nil if none
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.
 
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.


]]
]]


local function first_set(...)
local function first_set (list, count)
local list = {...};
local i = 1;
for _, var in pairs(list) do
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if is_set( var ) then
if is_set( list[i] ) then
return var;
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------


Whether needle is in haystack
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.


]]
]]


local function in_array( needle, haystack )
local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
if needle == nil then
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
return false;
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
end
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
if v == needle then
return n;
end
end
end
return false;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------


Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.


]]
]]


local function substitute( msg, args )
local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
local function add_vanc_error ()
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------


Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
 
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
returns true if it does, else false


]]
]]
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
 
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
local function is_scheme (scheme)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------


Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
the responsibility of the calling function.


]]
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
prefix = prefix or "";
suffix = suffix or "";
if error_state == nil then
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
end
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
return '', false;
end
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db


Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.


]]
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported


local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
end
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed


Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false


]]
]=]


local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
local function is_domain_name (domain)
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
end
-- Do most common case first
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
return true;
else
return false;
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------


Determines whether a URL string is valid.
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.


At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed.
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.


]]
]]


local function check_url( url_str )
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil; -- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------


Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
 
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).


Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
 
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
Strip off any port and path;


]]
]]


local function safe_for_italics( str )
local function split_url (url_str)
if not is_set(str) then
local scheme, authority, domain;
return str;
else
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
 
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
end
return scheme, domain;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------


Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
 
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
 
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
 
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).


]]
]]


local function safe_for_url( str )
local function link_param_ok (value)
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
local scheme, domain;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end
end
 
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
['['] = '&#91;',
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
 
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.


Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
that condition exists
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().


]]
]]


local function wrap_style (key, str)
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
if not is_set( str ) then
local orig;
return "";
 
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
str = safe_for_italics( str );
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
end
end
end


return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
if is_set (orig) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------


Format an external link with error checking
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------


]]
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.


local function external_link( URL, label, source )
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
local error_str = "";
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
if not is_set( label ) then
portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
label = URL;
if is_set( source ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end
 
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------


Formats a wiki style external link
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4


]]
]]


local function external_link_id(options)
local function check_url( url_str )
local url_string = options.id;
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
return false;
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
end
end
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
local scheme, domain;
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end


--[[
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |month=,
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
]]
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a  
Page_in_deprecated_cat=true; -- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end


--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------


Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.


]]
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
 
]=]
 
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;


local function kern_quotes (str)
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
local cap='';
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
local cap2='';
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
if is_set (cap) then
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
end
end


cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
return str;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------


|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.


Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.


|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
]]
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***


The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
local error_message = '';
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------


At this writing, only |script-title= is supported.  It is anticipated that additional parameters will be created to use this function.
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions


TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
]]


local function format_script_value (script_value)
local function safe_for_url( str )
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
local name;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
end
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not is_set (lang) then
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
['['] = '&#91;',
end
[']'] = '&#93;',
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
['\n'] = ' ' } );
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
end
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'he', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
add_prop_cat ('script')
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl


return script_value;
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
Format an external link with error checking


Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]
]]


local function script_concatenate (title, script)
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
if is_set (script) then
local error_str = "";
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
local domain;
if is_set (script) then
local path;
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
if not is_set( label ) then
label = URL;
if is_set( source ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble
end
end
return title;
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end
end




--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------


Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
parameters in the citation.


]]
]]


local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local page_in_deprecated_cat; -- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
if not is_set( str ) then
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
return "";
if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
page_in_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
str = substitute( msg, {str} ); -- including template text
return str;
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
 
Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
Generates an error if more than one match is present.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
 
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.


]]
]]


local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index )
local function kern_quotes (str)
local value = nil;
local cap='';
local selected = '';
local cap2='';
local error_list = {};
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
if is_set (cap) then
-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
if index == '1' then
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
if is_set(args[v]) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
end
end
 
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
if index ~= nil then
if is_set (cap) then
v = v:gsub( "#", index );
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
if is_set(args[v]) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
end
return str;
if #error_list > 0 then
end
local error_str = "";
 
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
 
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
end
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
if #error_list > 1 then
in italic markup.
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
 
else
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
 
end
|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
end
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
return value, selected;
|script-title=ja :*** ***
end
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.


Format the three chapter parameters: |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).


TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
]]


local function format_chapter_title (chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
local function format_script_value (script_value)
local chapter_error = '';
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
if not is_set (chapter) then
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
chapter = ''; -- just to be safe for concatenation
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if is_set (transchapter) then
if not is_set (lang) then
chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
chapter_error = " " .. set_error ('trans_missing_chapter');
end
end
if is_set (chapterurl) then
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
end
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
return chapter .. chapter_error;
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
else -- here when chapter is set
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
if in_array (lang, {'am', 'ar', 'be', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'he', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'mk', 'ml', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
if is_set (transchapter) then
else
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
add_prop_cat ('script')
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
end
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
if is_set (chapterurl) then
else
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
end
end
return chapter;
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
 
return script_value;
end
end


--[[
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument
 
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]
]]


local function argument_wrapper( args )
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
local origin = {};
if is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
return setmetatable({
if is_set (script) then
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
end
end
},
end
{
return title;
__index = function ( tbl, k )
end
if origin[k] ~= nil then
 
return nil;
 
end
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
if type( list ) == 'table' then
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
 
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end
 
--[[
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
 
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
]]


local function validate( name )
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local name = tostring( name );
if not is_set( str ) then
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
return "";
-- Normal arguments
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
if true == lower then
-- Arguments with numbers in them
local msg;
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
else
if false == state then
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
end
return true;
end
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
end




-- Formats a wiki style internal link
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
local function internal_link_id(options)
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end


Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
]]


When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
local chapter_error = '';
if not is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end


DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped


]]
if is_set (transchapter) then
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
end
end


local function nowrap_date (date)
if is_set (chapterurl) then
local cap='';
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
local cap2='';
end


if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
return chapter .. chapter_error;
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
return date;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------


ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
first match.
spaces and other non-isxn characters.


]]
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.


local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
local temp = 0;
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
end


Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
 
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
parameter value.


]]
]]


local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
local len = isbn_str:len();
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local i=1;
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
return false;
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
return;
end
end


if len == 10 then
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
else
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
local temp = 0;
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
if position then
isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
end
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
end
return temp % 10 == 0;
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------


Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:


|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.


]]
]]


local function issn(id)
local function argument_wrapper( args )
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
local origin = {};
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
local text;
local valid_issn = true;
 
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
 
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
else
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
end
 
if true == valid_issn then
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
else
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
end
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
return setmetatable({
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
if false == valid_issn then
return origin[k];
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
end
},
{
return text
__index = function ( tbl, k )
end
if origin[k] ~= nil then
 
return nil;
--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.
 
]]
 
local function amazon(id, domain)
local err_cat = ""
 
if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
else
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
end
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
end
end
if type( list ) == 'table' then
if not is_set(domain) then
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
domain = "com";
if origin[k] == nil then
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
domain = "co." .. domain;
end
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
elseif list ~= nil then
domain = "com." .. domain;
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
end
else
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
return external_link_id({link = handler.link,
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end
end
 
-- Empty strings, not nil;
--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------
if v == nil then
 
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier
origin[k] = '';
 
end
format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
return v;
where:
end,
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
});
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces
 
the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
<number> is a five-digit number
]]
 
local function arxiv (id, class)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
local year, month, version;
local err_cat = '';
local text;
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
end
 
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
if is_set (class) then
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
else
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return text .. class;
end
end


--[[
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.


Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
]]


local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
local function validate( name )
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
local name = tostring( name );
 
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
-- Normal arguments
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
 
local prefix
-- Arguments with numbers in them
local suffix
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
if false == state then
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
return true;
end
end
return lccn;
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
end


--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/


length = 8 then all digits
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha


]]
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY


local function lccn(lccn)
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn


id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
]]
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn


if 8 == len then
local function nowrap_date (date)
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
local cap='';
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
local cap2='';
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
end


if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
end
 
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
 
--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]
 
local function pmid(id)
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
else -- PMID is only digits
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
end
end
end
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
return date;
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------


Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date. If embargo date is
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
|embargo= was not set in this cite.


]]
]]


local function is_embargoed (embargo)
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if is_set (embargo) then
if is_set(title_type) then
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
if "none" == title_type then
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
return embargo; -- still embargoed
else
add_maint_cat ('embargo')
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
end
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
 
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end
end


--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.
The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.


PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.


PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
Converts a hyphen to a dash
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.


]]
]]


local function pmc(id, embargo)
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
return str;
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
local text;
 
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMC is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
end
end
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
return text;
end
end


-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.


-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
-- Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
-- Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant


-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.


-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
]]
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.


local function doi(id, inactive)
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local cat = ""
--[[
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
local text;
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
if is_set(inactive) then
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
]]
if is_set(inactive_year) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
else
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end
 
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
end
return text .. inactive .. cat
end
 
-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
local function openlibrary(id)
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];
 
if ( code == "A" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
else
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode}) ..
' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------
 
Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.
 
]]
 
local function message_id (id)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
 
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
end
return text
local str = ''; -- the output string
end
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
 
local end_chr = '';
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
local trim;
 
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
if value == nil then value = ''; end
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
 
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
]]
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
 
elseif value ~= '' then
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
if is_set(title_type) then
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
if "none" == title_type then
else
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
comp = value;
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
end
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
 
--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
end
trim = false;
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------
if trim then
 
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
 
]]
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end 


local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end


--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.


Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
]]
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
return argument;
end


--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods


Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.


]]
]]


local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
 
add_vanc_error ();
while true do
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
end;
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
return true;
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
else
break;
end
end
return argument; -- done
end
end


--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
 
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 
 
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
 
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.


Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().


Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]
]]


local function make_coins_title (title, script)
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
if is_set (title) then
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
local initials = {}
else
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
end
end
if is_set (script) then
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------


Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)


]]
]]


local function get_coins_pages (pages)
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local pattern;
local sep;
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
local namesep;
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}
 
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
else
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
while true do
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
if is_set(person.last) then
end
local mask = person.mask
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
local one
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
local sep_one = sep;
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
return pages;
etal = true;
end
break;
 
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
local n = tonumber(mask)
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
if (n ~= nil) then
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
else
end));
one = mask;
end
sep_one = " ";
 
end
-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
else
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
one = person.last
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
local first = person.first
return str;
if is_set(first) then
end
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
end
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
 
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
end
 
end
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
one = one .. namesep .. first
 
end
]]
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
 
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
end
--[[
end
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
end
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings
end
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
 
]]
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if count > 0 then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
end
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
local str = ''; -- the output string
return result, count
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
end
local end_chr = '';
 
local trim;
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
 
if value == nil then value = ''; end
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
 
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
 
elseif value ~= '' then
]]
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
else
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
comp = value;
names[i] = v.last
end
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
end
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
trim = false;
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
else
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
end
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
end
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
 
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
 
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
 
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
trim = true; -- same question
 
end
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end


if trim then
]]
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
 
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
 
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
else
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
end
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
end
end
return str;
return name, etal; --
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------


For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
(author or editor) maintenance category.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
 
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
 
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
 
At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and past it here
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.


]]
]]


local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
local count, _;
if true ~= Page_in_vanc_error_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a sticky flag
if is_set (name) then
Page_in_vanc_error_cat=true; -- so that if there are more than one error the category is added only once
if name:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, ignore
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
name = name:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
else
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separactor character is acceptable
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', list_name:lower()); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
end
end;
return name; -- and done
return true;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments


Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.


Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.


Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. This form is not
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the
 
template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().


]]
]]


local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
local names = {}; -- table of names
local initials = {}
local last; -- individual name components
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
local first;
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
local link;
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
local mask;
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
end
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );


Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)  
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
]]
last = name_has_mult_names (last, err_msg_list_name); -- check for multiple names in last and its aliases
 
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
local sep;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
local namesep;
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
local format = control.format
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
local maximum = control.maximum
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
local text = {}
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup


if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
end
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
end
 
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
if is_set(person.last) then
 
local mask = person.mask
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
local one
 
local sep_one = sep;
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
etal = true;
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we
break;
return the original language name string.
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
else
one = person.last
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end


if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include
one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- url or wikilink in author link;
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
end
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.
table.insert( text, one )
 
table.insert( text, sep_one )
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example,
end
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found
end
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.
 
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
 
]]


local count = #text / 2;
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
if count > 0 then
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
text[#text-2] = " & ";
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
end
end
text[#text] = nil;
end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal then
local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
return result, count
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
 
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
 
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
 
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.


Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
separated from each other by commas.


]]
]]


local function anchor_id( options )
local function language_parameter (lang)
local id = table.concat( options ); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
local name; -- the language name
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
else
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
Gets name list from the input arguments
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name


Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.


When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
end
 
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
]]
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
 
end
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
local last; -- individual name components
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
local first;
else
local link;
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
local mask;
end
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
local pattern = ",? *'*[Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code}) -- categorize it
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2', {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
end
end
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
if this_wiki_name == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
end


while true do
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );


local name = tostring(last);
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
if name:match (pattern) then -- varients on et al.
last = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true;
end
name = tostring(first);
if name:match (pattern) then -- varients on et al.
first = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true;
end


if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
]]
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 == count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask}; -- add this name to our names list
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
if true == etal then
add_maint_cat ('etal');
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end


-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
local function extract_ids( args )
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
local id_list = {};
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do
v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
end
end
return id_list;
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
end
end


--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------


Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings


]]
]]


local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
local new_list, handler = {};
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
 
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
-- fallback to read-only cfg
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
if handler.mode == 'external' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
elseif k == 'DOI' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'OL' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
elseif k == 'PMC' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
elseif k == 'PMID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
end
end
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
return a[1] < b[1];
end
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
table.sort( new_list, comp );
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
new_list[k] = v[2];
end
return new_list;
end
end
 


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
-- the citation information.
 
local function COinS(data, class)
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
rendered style.
return '';
 
]]
 
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
end
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
if is_set(value) then
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
end
end
});
if is_set(data.Chapter) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
if 'arxiv' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
end
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
else
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
end
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
else
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
end
end
local last, first;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
last, first = v.last, v.first;
if k == 1 then
if is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
end
if is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
end
end
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
end
end
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end


return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.


Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
]]
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.


Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
local sep;
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
 
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
returns only the Wikimedia language name.
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
 
end
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
 
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
]]
 
local function get_iso639_code (lang)
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
end
end
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
return sep, ps, ref
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------


Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.


There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.


Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
]=]
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.


See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end


When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.


This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


]]
]]


local function language_parameter (lang, namespace)
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
if is_set (format) then
local name; -- the language name
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
if not is_set (url) then
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
local unrec_cat = false -- flag so that we only add unrecognized category once
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
if 0 == namespace and (('en' == lang:lower()) or ('english' == lang:lower())) then
add_maint_cat ('english');
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
else
end
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
return format;
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
end
else
 
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
end
 
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
if is_set (code) then
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
 
if 0 == namespace and 'en' ~= code then -- is this page main / article space and English not the language?
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
end
some variant of the text 'et al.').
elseif false == unrec_cat then
 
unrec_cat = true; -- only add this category once
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
add_maint_cat (unknown_lang);
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
end
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- wrap with '(in ...)'
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.


Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal


]]
]]


local function set_cs1_style (ps)
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
if is_set (max) then
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
return max, etal;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
 
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP


]]
]]


local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
 
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
end
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
-- end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------


When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
rendered style.
 
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.


]]
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.


local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
local sep;
 
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
TODO: check for names like Coon V JS (Coon JS 5th at PMID 25205766, John S. Coon V at doi:10.1093/humupd/dmu048)?
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
 
else -- not a citation template so CS1
]]
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
 
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask;
local corporate = false;
 
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
add_vanc_error ();
end
end
v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas


return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
corporate = true;
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
add_vanc_error (); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ();
end
-- this from extract_names ()
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
 
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
 
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
 
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
 
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.


Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.


]]
]]


local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local sep;
local lastfirst = false;
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) then
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
lastfirst=true;
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
 
if is_set (mode) then
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'mode', mode}, true ) } ); -- add error message
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
end
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
 
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
end
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return sep, ps, ref
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------


Determines if a url has the file extension is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
applying the pdf icon to external links.


returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.


]=]
]]


local function is_pdf (url)
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
if not is_set (value) then
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
return true;
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return false
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------


Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
 
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
the appropriate styling.
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.


]]
]]


local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if is_set (format) then
if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
format = wrap_style ('format', format:upper()); -- force upper case, add leading space, parenthases, resize
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
if not is_set (url) then
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
end
end
return format;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------


Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------


When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
some variant of the text 'et al.').


When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
]]
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
return '';
end
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
elseif is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
local vol = '';
if is_set (volume) then
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
else
vol = wrap_style ('vol-bold', hyphen_to_dash(volume));
end
end
if is_set (issue) then
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end


In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.


]]


local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
 
if is_set (max) then
 
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
 
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
--[[-------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ P A G E _ L I S T >-----------------------------------------
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
 
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
not currently used
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
 
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
normalizes a comma, ampersand, and/or space separated list to be '<value>, <value>, ..., <value>'
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
returns list unchanged if there are no commas else strips whitespace and then reformats the list
end
 
else -- not a valid keyword or number
]]
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
--[[
max = nil; -- unset
local function normalize_page_list (list)
end
if not list:find ('[,& ]') then return list end -- if list is not delimited with commas, ampersands, or spaces; done
elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1
end
return max, etal;
list = mw.text.split (list, '[,&%s]+'); -- make a table of values
list = table.concat (list, ', '); -- and now make a normalized list
return list;
end
end
]]


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
 
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets


This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
formatting.


]]
]]


local function citation0( config, args)
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
--[[
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
Load Input Parameters
if is_set (sheet) then
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple
if 'journal' == origin then
aliases to single internal variable.
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
]]
else
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
elseif is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
 
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);


local i
if is_set (page) then
local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
if is_journal then
local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
elseif not nopp then
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
end
local Authors = A['Authors'];
 
local author_etal;
 
local a, author_etal = extract_names( args, 'AuthorList' );
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
 
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the  
save snapshot url.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot
of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do.
 
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
 
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
 
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
 
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
 
]=]


local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local Others = A['Others'];
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local Editors = A['Editors'];
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
local editor_etal;
local e, editor_etal = extract_names( args, 'EditorList' );
if not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/') then
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end


local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; -- replaces |author-format= and |editor-format=
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
if is_set (NameListFormat) and ('vanc' ~= NameListFormat) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {'save command'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'name-list-format', NameListFormat}, true ) } ); -- not vanc so add error message
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
NameListFormat = ''; -- set to empty string
end
end


local Year = A['Year'];
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/web/%*/') or url:match('//web%.archive%.org/%*/') then -- wildcard with or without 'web/' path element
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {'wildcard'}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
local Date = A['Date'];
end
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];


local Series = A['Series'];
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
local Volume = A['Volume'];
err_msg = 'timestamp';
local Issue = A['Issue'];
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
local Position = '';
err_msg = 'path';
local Page = A['Page'];
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
err_msg = 'flag';
local At = A['At'];
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
else
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
-- if here something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end


local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = A['Place'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
local Language = A['Language'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier


local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------


local Quote = A['Quote'];
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}


local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
tags are removed before the search.
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL


local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
 
]]


--these are used by cite interview
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local capture;
local City = A['City'];
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
local Program = A['Program'];


--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
end
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata
end


-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (A['Mode']:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text


--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end


-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
if is_set(Page) then
 
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
]]
Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error message
 
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
local function citation0( config, args)
At = '';
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local i
 
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
end
end
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set (Collaboration) then
if is_set(At) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
At = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
end
 
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local Others = A['Others'];
 
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;


-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
do -- to limit scope of selected
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
end
end
end
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
--[[
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
When the citation has these parameters:
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
if 0 < #c then
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
end
 
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
TODO: script-title to script-chapter if and when we support script-chapter
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
]]
 
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
 
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = ''; -- redundant so unset
URL = ''; -- redundant so unset
Format = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
end


-- Special case for cite techreport.
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
if is_set(Issue) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = Issue; -- yes, use it
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
end
end
end
end


-- special case for cite interview
local Year = A['Year'];
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
if is_set(Program) then
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
ID = ' ' .. Program;
local Date = A['Date'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set
 
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
 
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveURL;
 
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
-- local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
-- local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
-- if ArchiveURL:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if an archive.org save command url, we don't want to save target page ...
-- ArchiveURL = ''; -- every time a reader clicks the link so
-- ArchiveDate = ''; -- unset these
-- table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_save', {}, true ) } ); -- and add error message
-- end
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
end
if is_set(Callsign) then
 
if is_set(ID) then
local URL = A['URL']
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
else
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
end
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
 
local Series = A['Series'];
local Volume;
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;
 
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
Issue = A['Issue'];
end
local Position = '';
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
At = A['At'];
end
 
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = A['Place'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end
end
if is_set(City) then
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
if is_set(ID) then
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end
end


if is_set(Others) then
local Via = A['Via'];
if is_set(TitleType) then
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
local Agency = A['Agency'];
TitleType = '';
 
else
local Language = A['Language'];
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
local Format = A['Format'];
end
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
else
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
Others = '(Interview)';
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
end
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );


-- special case for cite mailing list
local Quote = A['Quote'];
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
if is_set(BookTitle) then
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
Chapter = Title;
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
ChapterURL = URL;
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
URLorigin = '';
 
ChapterFormat = Format;
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
TransChapter = TransTitle;
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
Title = BookTitle;
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
Format = '';
end
-- TitleLink = '';
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
TransTitle = '';
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
URL = '';
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
end
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end


-- cite map oddities
--these are used by cite interview
local Cartography = "";
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local Scale = "";
local City = A['City'];
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Program = A['Program'];
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
 
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
Chapter = A['Map'];
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
 
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
if is_set( Cartography ) then
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local Mode = A['Mode'];
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
local Began = A['Began']; -- these two are deprecated because the module understands date ranges
Mode = '';
local Ended = A['Ended'];
end
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local Network = A['Network'];
local PostScript;
local Station = A['Station'];
local Ref;
local s, n = {}, {};
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text


-- do common parameters first
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
if not is_set (Date) then -- promote airdate or Began/Ended to date
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if is_set (AirDate) then
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
Date = AirDate;
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
elseif is_set (Began) then -- deprecated
break; -- bail out if one is found
if Began:match('%s') or Ended:match('%s') then -- so we don't create errors: if either has spaces then
Date = Began .. ' – ' .. Ended; -- use spaced ndash as separator
else
Date = Began .. '–' .. Ended; -- elsewise no spaces
end
end
end
end
end
end


if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
local Season = A['Season'];
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
local NoPP = A['NoPP']  
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
NoPP = true;
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end


if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
if is_set(Page) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
end
At = '';
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
end
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(At) then
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
At = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end
 
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
--[[
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
TransChapter = TransTitle;
When the citation has these parameters:
ChapterURL = URL;
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
 
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
 
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
 
]]


if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = ''; -- unset
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if not is_set(Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
if first_set (AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
end
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message


AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
-- Special case for cite techreport.
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
Chapter = '';
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
URL = '';
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
Format = '';
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
end
end
end


-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
-- special case for cite interview
 
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
if is_set(Program) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
ID = ' ' .. Program;
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
end
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
if is_set(Callsign) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
else
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
end
end
end
end
if is_set(City) then
 
if is_set(ID) then
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
else
end
ID = ' ' .. City;
 
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if not is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if is_set(Date) then
local Month = A['Month'];
if is_set(Month) then
Date = Month .. " " .. Date;
end
end
elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end
end


if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
if is_set(Others) then
 
if is_set(TitleType) then
--[[
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
TitleType = '';
we get the date used in the metadata.
else
 
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});
 
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
else
Others = '(Interview)';
end
end
end


if is_set(error_message) then
-- special case for cite mailing list
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
end
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
end -- end of do
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --
if is_set(BookTitle) then
 
Chapter = Title;
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
ChapterURL = URL;
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end


-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- cite map oddities
-- Test if citation has no title
local Cartography = "";
if not is_set(Title) and
local Scale = "";
not is_set(TransTitle) and
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
end
Chapter = A['Map'];
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then -- special case
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
end


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Chapter'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (coins_chapter), -- Chapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
['Authors'] = a,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
end


-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
local Network = A['Network'];
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
local Station = A['Station'];
if is_set (PublisherName) then
local s, n = {}, {};
PublisherName = '[[Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' .. external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
-- do common parameters first
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = AirDate;
end
end
end


if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];


 
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
do -- do-block to limit scope of LastFirstAuthors
local LastFirstAuthors;
local Maximum = A['DisplayAuthors'];
 
Maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (Maximum, #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = Maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
};
-- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
if is_set(Coauthors) then
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
LastFirstAuthors = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
 
if is_set (Authors) then
if is_set (LastFirstAuthors) then -- if both author name styles
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'authors') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'last')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Authors = LastFirstAuthors; -- TODO: is this correct or should we use |authors= instead?
end
end
else
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
Authors = LastFirstAuthors; -- either an author name list or an empty string
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
end -- end of do
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff


local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
if not is_set(Editors) then
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
local Maximum = A['DisplayEditors'];
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
Series = ''; -- unset
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
end
if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message


Maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (Maximum, #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then
Chapter = '';
Maximum = 3;
URL = '';
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
Format = '';
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
end
end
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end


local control = {
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
maximum = Maximum,
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
};
 
Editors, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
else
EditorCount = 1;
end
end


-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
end
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');


if  not is_set(URL) then --and
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
-- not is_set(ArchiveURL) then --and -- prevents format_missing_url error from registering
if not is_set (Date) then
-- not is_set(ConferenceURL) and -- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
-- not is_set(TranscriptURL) then -- TODO: remove? |transcript-url= and |transcript= has separate test
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end
end
end


local OriginalURL, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
 
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
--[[
if is_set (URL) then
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
we get the date used in the metadata.
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
 
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
]]
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
local error_message = '';
end
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year};
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
 
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
 
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
end
end
end


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", 'arxiv'}) or
if is_set(error_message) then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL)then -- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
elseif is_set (DF) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false) then -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
Chapter = ''; -- set to empty string to be safe with concatenation
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with reformatted values
TransChapter = '';
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'];
ChapterURL = '';
Date = date_parameters_list['date'];
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'];
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'];
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'];
end
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
end
Chapter = format_chapter_title (Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
end -- end of do
if is_set (Chapter) then
 
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
end
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
 
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
end
end
end
end


-- Format main title.
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
-- Test if citation has no title
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
if not is_set(Title) and
not is_set(TransTitle) and
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
end
end
end
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist", 'arxiv'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
end
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
 
else
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
['title']=Title,
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
end
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
});


TransError = "";
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
if is_set(TransTitle) then
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
if is_set(Title) then
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
else
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title' );
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format;
URL = "";
Format = "";
else
Title = Title .. TransError;
end
end
end


if is_set(Place) then
-- this is the function call to COinS()
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
end


if is_set (Conference) then
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference );
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName') ));
end
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
end


if not is_set(Position) then
 
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
 
if is_set(Minutes) then
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
else
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local Time = A['Time'];
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
if is_set(Time) then
do
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
local last_first_list;
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
-- local maximum;
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
local control = {
if sepc ~= '.' then
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
end
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};
 
do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
 
if is_set (Editors) then
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end
end
 
else
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then  
Position = " " .. Position;
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
At = '';
end
if not is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
Pages = ": " .. Pages;
elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
else
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
end
end
end
end
else
do -- now do translators
if is_set(Periodical) and
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
Page = ": " .. Page;
end
else
do -- now do contributors
Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
end
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);


if 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- cite map oddity done after COinS call (and with other in-source locators)
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
if is_set (Sheet) or is_set (Sheets) then
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
local err_msg1 = 'sheet=, &#124;sheets'; -- default error message in case any of page pages or at are set
control.maximum = #a + 1;
local err_msg2;
if is_set (Page) or is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then -- are any set?
err_msg2 = 'page=, &#124;pages=, &#124;at'; -- a generic error message
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
elseif is_set (Sheet) and is_set (Sheets) then -- if both are set make error message
err_msg1 = 'sheet';
err_msg2 = 'sheets';
end
end
if is_set (err_msg2) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg1) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg2)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
end
 
if not is_set (Sheet) then -- do sheet static text and formatting; Sheet has priority over Sheets if both provided
if is_set (Authors) then
if is_set (Sheets) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if is_set (Periodical) then
if author_etal then
Sheet = ": Sheets " .. Sheets; -- because Sheet has priority, no need to support both later on
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
else
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheets " .. Sheets;
end
end
end
else
else
if is_set (Periodical) then
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
Sheet = ": Sheet " .. Sheet;
else
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheet " .. Sheet;
end
end
end
end -- end of do
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
end
end
end
end


At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
local Section = A['Section'];
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
local Sections = A['Sections'];
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
local Inset = A['Inset'];
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
 
if is_set( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end


if is_set (Language) then
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
Language = language_parameter (Language, this_page.namespace); -- format, categories (article namespace only), name from ISO639-1, etc
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or
else
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
end


Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if not is_set(URL) then
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition)) or "";
end
Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 
AccessDate = '';
if is_set(Volume) then
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>";
end
end
end
end


------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
if is_set(Via) then
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- swapped -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
elseif is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
end
end
end


--[[
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
local chap_param;
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end


]]
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
if in_array(SubscriptionRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
elseif in_array(RegistrationRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y'}) then
TransChapter = '';
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
ChapterURL = '';
else
ScriptChapter = '';
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
ChapterFormat = '';
end
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end


if is_set(AccessDate) then
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
if is_set (Chapter) then
 
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
end
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
end
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
end


ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
-- Format main title.
 
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
if is_set(URL) then
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
end
end


if is_set(Quote) then
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv'}) or
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
end
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
 
local TransError = "";
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
end
local Archived
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
if is_set(Title) then
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format;
-- this experiment hidden 2016-04-10; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Recycled_urls
-- local temp_title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format; -- do this so we get error message even if url is usurped no archive
-- if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit no archive', 'usurped no archive'}) then -- when url links to inappropriate location and there is no archive of original source available
-- local err_msg
-- if temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)') then -- if there is an error message
-- Title, err_msg = temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)'); -- strip off external link; TODO: find a better to do this
-- Title = Title .. (err_msg or '');
-- end
-- else
-- Title = temp_title;
-- end
 
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
else
Title = Title .. TransError;
end
end
if "no" == DeadURL then
end
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if is_set(Place) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
end
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
 
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
if is_set (Conference) then
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
 
if not is_set(Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
 
if is_set(Minutes) then
if is_set (Time) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
else
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if is_set(Time) then
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
end
if sepc ~= '.' then
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
else
Archived = ""
Position = " " .. Position;
end
At = '';
local Lay = '';
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LaySource) then
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end


if is_set(Transcript) then
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
 
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript );
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
 
if is_set( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
end
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
 
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end
end


local Publisher;
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
if is_set (Translators) then
if is_set(PublisherName) then
Others = sepc .. ' Translated by ' .. Translators .. Others;  
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
end
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
 
else
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
Publisher = PublisherName; 
if is_set (Edition) then
end
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
else
Publisher = "";
end
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
end
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
else
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
Edition = '';
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
end
end
 
if is_set(PublisherName) then
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
else
 
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
end
 
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
if is_set(Via) then
else
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)  
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
end


--[[
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
 
]]
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
else
end
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
end
end
end


-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
if is_set(AccessDate) then
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.


local tcommon
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
end
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
 
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
 
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
end
 
if is_set(Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
end
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
local Archived
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
else
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
ID_list = ID;
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
end
end
if "no" == DeadURL then
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
local text;
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Page .. Pages .. At;
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if is_set(Authors) then
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
if is_set(Coauthors) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
local sep = '; ';
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
sep = ', ';
end
end
Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
end
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if is_set(Date) then
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then
elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
Authors = Authors .. " "
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
else
Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
end
if is_set(Editors) then
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
local in_text = " ";
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
local post_text = "";
else
if is_set(Chapter) then
Archived = ""
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
local Lay = '';
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
if is_set(LayURL) then
else
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
if is_set(LaySource) then  
end
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
end
else
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
LaySource = "";
Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub(Editors,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last editor name ends with sepc char
Editors = Editors .. " "; -- don't add another
else
Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " " -- otherwise terninate the editor list
end
end
end
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
if sepc == '.' then
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
else
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
else
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end
end
 
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
if is_set(Transcript) then
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
else
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin );
if is_set(Date) then
end
if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
end
 
local Publisher;
if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
else
Publisher = PublisherName; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
else
Publisher = "";
end
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
end
else
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
 
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
 
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
if is_set(Date) then
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if is_set(Authors) then
if is_set(Coauthors) then
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator
Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors;
else
Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors;
end
end
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set(Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if is_set (Editors) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local options = {};
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = "citation";
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- when |ref= is set
else
text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- all other cases
end
 
text = text .. substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput}); -- append metadata to the citation
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
text = text .. " ";
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
else
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
end
end
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );


-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
local options = {};
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
end
else
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
options.class = "citation";
end
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
local id = Ref
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
local names = {} --table of last names & year
if #a > 0 then
for i,v in ipairs(a) do
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
elseif #e > 0 then
for i,v in ipairs(e) do
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
end
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
id = anchor_id(names)
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then
text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
else
text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
end
 
local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
text = text .. OCinS;
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
text = text .. " ";
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
else
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
end
end
 
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
text = text .. ' <span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
end
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
end
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
end
Line 3,083: Line 3,086:
end
end


-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------
function z.citation(frame)
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
]]
 
function cs1.citation(frame)
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local validation;
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
 
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
else -- otherwise
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
end
end


dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
in_array = utilities.in_array;
substitute = utilities.substitute;
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
set_error = utilities.set_error;
select_one = utilities.select_one;
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
remove_wiki_link = utilities.remove_wiki_link;
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
COinS = metadata.COinS;


local args = {};
local args = {};
local suggestions = {};
local suggestions = {};
Line 3,112: Line 3,154:
end
end


local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if v ~= '' then
if v ~= '' then
Line 3,124: Line 3,167:
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
else
else
if #suggestions == 0 then
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
end
end
end
if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
end
end
end
end    
end    
Line 3,137: Line 3,193:
end
end
end
end
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = v;
args[k] = v;
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
Line 3,142: Line 3,200:
end
end
end
end
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
end
end
return citation0( config, args)
return citation0( config, args)
end
end


return z
return cs1;

Revision as of 08:52, 16 May 2016

local cs1 ={};

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]]

local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, remove_wiki_link;

local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local extract_ids, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers

local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS

local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist

--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.

]]

local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) if not added_prop_cats [key] then added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

]]

local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local function add_vanc_error () if not added_vanc_errs then added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } ); end end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a 

  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also Single-letter second-level domain list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end

domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once

if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end -- Do most common case first if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars) return true; elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld return true; elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address return true; else return false; end end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain) if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative end end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain;

url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions authority = authority:gsub ('//', , 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end

return scheme, domain; end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls

Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end

scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig;

if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter end end

if is_set (orig) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the url into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the url. If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url return false; end local scheme, domain;

scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;

if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end

return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[1]] is possible as might be en://Hus.

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain;

if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[2]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [3] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url end

return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list) local error_message = ; for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator end error_message=error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter end end if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); end end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); end

return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '[', [']'] = ']', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link( URL, label, source ) local error_str = ""; local domain; local path;

if not is_set( label ) then label = URL; if is_set( source ) then error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); else error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); end end if not check_url( URL ) then error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; end

domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble end

return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str }); end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.

]]

local page_in_deprecated_cat; -- sticky flag so that the category is added only once local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not page_in_deprecated_cat then page_in_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message end end

--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.

]]

local function kern_quotes (str) local cap=; local cap2=;

cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes if is_set (cap) then str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); end

cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") if is_set (cap) then str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); end return str; end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in ... tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=

TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script; ]]

local function format_script_value (script_value) local lang=; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not is_set (lang) then return ; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if in_array (lang, {'am', 'ar', 'be', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'he', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'mk', 'ml', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) else add_prop_cat ('script') end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else lang = ; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end end script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl

return script_value; end

--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in tags. ]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script) if is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script); -- tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error if is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for Template:Citation templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not is_set( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text else return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes) local chapter_error = ;

if not is_set (chapter) then chapter = ; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end

chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped

if is_set (transchapter) then transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter); if is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter; else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = transchapter; -- chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'}); end end

if is_set (chapterurl) then chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate end

return chapter .. chapter_error; end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup().

Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of Template:' templates.

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local i=1; local stripmarker, apostrophe;

capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters return; end

while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern

if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition) stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char; else err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character'; end

table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end i=i+1; -- bump our index end end


--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------

Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper( args ) local origin = {};

return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end

local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];

if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] ); end

-- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = cfg.defaults[k] or ; origin[k] = ; end

tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end

--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters

]]

local function validate( name ) local name = tostring( name ); local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];

-- Normal arguments if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end

-- Arguments with numbers in them name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last# state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ]; if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end

return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: YYYY-MM-DD. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: DD MMMM YYYY or MMMM DD, YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date) local cap=; local cap2=;

if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);

elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end

return date; end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if is_set(title_type) then if "none" == title_type then title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end

return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end


--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------

Converts a hyphen to a dash

]]

local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then return str; end return str:gsub( '-', '–' ); end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) --[[ Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.

This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII. The strings in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8. ]]

local str = ; -- the output string local comp = ; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ; end

if str == then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= then if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (string -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? trim = false; end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc str = str:sub(1, -4) .. ""; -- remove them and add back elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]] trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc] trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both end end

if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it

value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup else value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; --add it to the output string end end return str; end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------

For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets C0 Controls and Basic Latin 0041–005A, 0061–007A C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF Latin Extended-A 0100–017F Latin Extended-B 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first) if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error (); return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization end; return true; end

--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. This form is not currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first) if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do local initials = {} local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops. i = i + 1; -- bump the counter if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit end return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end

--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------

Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)

]]

local function list_people(control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format local maximum = control.maximum local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; local text = {}

if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling? sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end

if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors

for i,person in ipairs(people) do if is_set(person.last) then local mask = person.mask local one local sep_one = sep; if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; elseif (mask ~= nil) then local n = tonumber(mask) if (n ~= nil) then one = string.rep("—",n) else one = mask; sep_one = " "; end else one = person.last local first = person.first if is_set(first) then if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first end if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then one = "" .. one .. "" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page end end table.insert( text, one ) table.insert( text, sep_one ) end end

local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if count > 0 then if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text end text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator end

local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al. end

return result, count end

--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year.

]] local function anchor_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)

if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.

if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al. name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'? name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ); -- if found, remove etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added end end end return name, etal; -- end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon. If found, the function adds the multiple name (author or editor) maintenance category.

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) local count, _; if is_set (name) then if name:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, ignore name = name:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens else _, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ); -- count the number of separator-like characters

if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separactor character is acceptable add_maint_cat ('mult_names', list_name:lower()); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template end end end return name; -- and done end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary while true do last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );

last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. last = name_has_mult_names (last, err_msg_list_name); -- check for multiple names in last and its aliases

if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup

names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end

return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.

Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') return a list of languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.

Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.

]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code) local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia -- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons

for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported return name; -- so return the name but not the code end return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code end end return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code end

--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang) local code; -- the two- or three-character language code local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=

local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name

names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list

for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang

if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag? lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code? end if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code end

if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code code = lang:lower(); -- save it else name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) end

if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes if this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code}) -- categorize it else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2', {code}) -- categorize it differently TODO: support mutliple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template end end else add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end

table.insert (language_list, name); name = ; -- so we can reuse it end

code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list if 2 >= code then name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names elseif 2 < code then language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>' name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators end if this_wiki_name == name then return ; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings

]]

local function set_cs1_style (ps) if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period end return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings

]]

local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default ps = ; -- make sure it isn't nil end if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv end return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------

When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish rendered style.

]]

local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2) sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); else -- not a citation template so CS1 sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); end

return sep, ps, ref -- return them all end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref); elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps); else -- anything but cs1 or cs2 sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass end if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then ps = ; -- set to empty string end

return sep, ps, ref end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by MediaWiki:Common.css when applying the pdf icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?'); end

--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------

Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if is_set (format) then format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize if not is_set (url) then format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf else format = ; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal

]]

local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal) if is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", ) then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name); end else -- not a valid keyword or number table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end

return max, etal; end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------

Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (page) -- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]'; local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg? -- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]'; local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';

if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); end -- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or -- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then -- add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); -- end end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

TODO: check for names like Coon V JS (Coon JS 5th at PMID 25205766, John S. Coon V at doi:10.1093/humupd/dmu048)?

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask; local corporate = false;

vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names add_vanc_error (); end v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas

for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection first = ; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') corporate = true; elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then add_vanc_error (); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials end else first = ; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end

if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error (); end -- this from extract_names () link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1 select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst=true; end

if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message end

if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function refurns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns true; else, emits an error message and returns false.

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible) if not is_set (value) then return true; -- an empty parameter is ok elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then return true; else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message return false end end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list end end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]

local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then return ; end

if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); elseif is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end

local vol = ;

if is_set (volume) then if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); else vol = wrap_style ('vol-bold', hyphen_to_dash(volume)); end end if is_set (issue) then return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); end return vol; end




--[[-------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ P A G E _ L I S T >-----------------------------------------

not currently used

normalizes a comma, ampersand, and/or space separated list to be '<value>, <value>, ..., <value>' returns list unchanged if there are no commas else strips whitespace and then reformats the list

]] --[[ local function normalize_page_list (list) if not list:find ('[,& ]') then return list end -- if list is not delimited with commas, ampersands, or spaces; done

list = mw.text.split (list, '[,&%s]+'); -- make a table of values list = table.concat (list, ', '); -- and now make a normalized list return list; end ]]

--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return , , wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ; else return , , wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ; end elseif is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return , , , wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return , , , wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end

local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);

if is_set (page) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), , , ; elseif not nopp then return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), , , ; else return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), , , ; end elseif is_set(pages) then if is_journal then return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), , , ; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return , substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), , ; elseif not nopp then return , substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), , ; else return , substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), , ; end end

return , , , ; -- return empty strings end


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot url. When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a 'search' result. WP:ELNO discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url |archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url

if not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/') then return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end

if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {'save command'}, true ) } ); -- add error message return , ; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate end

if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/web/%*/') or url:match('//web%.archive%.org/%*/') then -- wildcard with or without 'web/' path element table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {'wildcard'}, true ) } ); -- add error message and return , ; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate end

path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation

if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = 'timestamp'; elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = 'path'; elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = 'flag'; else return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate end -- if here something not right so table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and return , ; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate end


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe: Template:Cite ...

cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives xml/html tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc

capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe'); end end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper( args ); local i

-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= end if is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end

local Coauthors = A['Coauthors']; local Others = A['Others'];

local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= local Editors;

do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList'); if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= end end

local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs local Translators; -- assembled translators name list t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=

local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local Contribution = A['Contribution']; if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=

if 0 < #c then if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end

if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc' NameListFormat = ; -- anything else, set to empty string end

local Year = A['Year']; local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local OrigYear = A['OrigYear']; local Date = A['Date']; local LayDate = A['LayDate']; ------------------------------------------------- Get title data local Title = A['Title']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local Conference = A['Conference']; local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set

local Chapter = A['Chapter']; local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; local Docket = A['Docket']; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];

local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveURL;

ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])

-- local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate']; -- local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL']; -- if ArchiveURL:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if an archive.org save command url, we don't want to save target page ... -- ArchiveURL = ; -- every time a reader clicks the link so -- ArchiveDate = ; -- unset these -- table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_save', {}, true ) } ); -- and add error message -- end local DeadURL = A['DeadURL'] if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes' DeadURL = ; -- anything else, set to empty string end

local URL = A['URL'] local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter

local Series = A['Series'];

local Volume; local Issue; local Page; local Pages; local At;

if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then Volume = A['Volume']; end if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then Issue = A['Issue']; end local Position = ; if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then Page = A['Page']; Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] ); At = A['At']; end

local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace'] local Place = A['Place'];

local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then RegistrationRequired=nil; end local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then SubscriptionRequired=nil; end

local Via = A['Via']; local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local Agency = A['Agency'];

local Language = A['Language']; local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local ID = A['ID']; local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD']; local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string end local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier

local ID_list = extract_ids( args );

local Quote = A['Quote'];

local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; local LayURL = A['LayURL']; local LaySource = A['LaySource']; local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL

local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string end local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string end

--these are used by cite interview local Callsign = A['Callsign']; local City = A['City']; local Program = A['Program'];

--local variables that are not cs1 parameters local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification

local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword DF = ; -- not valid, set to empty string end

-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter. If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values local Mode = A['Mode']; if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then Mode = ; end local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma local PostScript; local Ref; sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass); use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text

--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end

-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

local NoPP = A['NoPP'] if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then NoPP = true; else NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later end

if is_set(Page) then if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then Pages = ; -- unset the others At = ; end extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. elseif is_set(Pages) then if is_set(At) then At = ; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. end

-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end

if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ; end -- don't need both if they are the same

--[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title |encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title

|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped |url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified

]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];

if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not is_set(Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter= '' .. Chapter .. ''; end Title = Periodical; ChapterFormat = Format; Periodical = ; -- redundant so unset TransTitle = ; URL = ; Format = ; TitleLink = ; ScriptTitle = ; end else -- |title not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title Periodical = ; -- redundant so unset end end end

-- Special case for cite techreport. if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); end end end

-- special case for cite interview if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then if is_set(Program) then ID = ' ' .. Program; end if is_set(Callsign) then if is_set(ID) then ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign; else ID = ' ' .. Callsign; end end if is_set(City) then if is_set(ID) then ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City; else ID = ' ' .. City; end end

if is_set(Others) then if is_set(TitleType) then Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others; TitleType = ; else Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others; end else Others = '(Interview)'; end end

-- special case for cite mailing list if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then Periodical = A ['MailingList']; elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then Periodical = ; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list end

-- Account for the oddity that is Template:Cite conference, before generation of COinS data. if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if is_set(BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin; URLorigin = ; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; Title = BookTitle; Format = ; -- TitleLink = ; TransTitle = ; URL = ; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end

-- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ; if config.CitationClass == "map" then Chapter = A['Map']; ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];

Cartography = A['Cartography']; if is_set( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if is_set( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end

-- Account for the oddities that are Template:Cite episode and Template:Cite serial, before generation of COinS data. if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local AirDate = A['AirDate']; local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set

local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');

if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date Date = AirDate; end

if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly Template:Cite episode local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter

Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');

Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = '' .. Chapter .. ''; -- ok to wikilink elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = '' .. Series .. ''; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly end URL = ; -- unset TransTitle = ; ScriptTitle = ;

else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = '' .. Series .. ''; end Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of Template:Cite episode stuff

-- Account for the oddities that are Template:Cite arxiv, before generation of COinS data. if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier Series = ; -- unset deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv end

if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'], ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'], ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message

AccessDate= ; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv PublisherName = ; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other) Chapter = ; URL = ; Format = ; Page = ; Pages = ; At = ; end Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string end

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = Degree .. " thesis"; end end

if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses end

-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. if not is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ; -- unset, no longer needed end end

if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

--[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = {['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken, ['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year};

anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);

if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message end error_message = error_message .. '|year= / |date= mismatch'; elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= add_maint_cat ('date_year'); end end

if is_set(error_message) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message elseif is_set (DF) then if reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false) then -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with reformatted values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date']; Date = date_parameters_list['date']; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date']; LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date']; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date']; end end end -- end of do

-- Account for the oddity that is Template:Cite journal with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS. -- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --

if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= end end

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not is_set(Title) and not is_set(TransTitle) and not is_set(ScriptTitle) then if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this? table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } ); else table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } ); end end

if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites Title = ; -- set title to empty string add_maint_cat ('untitled'); end

check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL ['title']=Title, [A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter, [A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical, [A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName });

-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and Template:Citation. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap

local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end

-- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = COinS({ ['Periodical'] = Periodical, ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, ['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or , -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName, ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass);

-- Account for the oddities that are Template:Cite arxiv, AFTER generation of COinS data. if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal end

-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if is_set (PublisherName) then PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName') )); end end


-- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list do local last_first_list; -- local maximum; local control = { format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn };

do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal); last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);

if is_set (Editors) then if editor_etal then Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation else EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation end else Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end

if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do translators control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do contributors control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported end do -- now do authors control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);

if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting. control.lastauthoramp = nil; control.maximum = #a + 1; end

last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);

if is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do

if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end

if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message end end

-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, -- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');

-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end

if not is_set(URL) then if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); end

-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); AccessDate = ; end end

local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set? DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- swapped -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format= if 'no' ~= DeadURL then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ; -- swap in archive's format end elseif is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ; -- swap in archive's format end 

		end

end

if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter') else is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end

if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message Chapter = ; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ; ChapterURL = ; ScriptChapter = ; ChapterFormat = ; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end

Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' '; elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end

-- Format main title. if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then Title = "" .. Title .. "" end

if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);

Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end

local TransError = ""; if is_set(TransTitle) then if is_set(Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); end end

Title = Title .. TransTitle;

if is_set(Title) then if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format; -- this experiment hidden 2016-04-10; see Help_talk:Citation_Style_1#Recycled_urls -- local temp_title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format; -- do this so we get error message even if url is usurped no archive -- if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit no archive', 'usurped no archive'}) then -- when url links to inappropriate location and there is no archive of original source available -- local err_msg -- if temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)') then -- if there is an error message -- Title, err_msg = temp_title:match ('%[%S+%s+(.+)%](<.+)'); -- strip off external link; TODO: find a better to do this -- Title = Title .. (err_msg or ); -- end -- else -- Title = temp_title; -- end

URL = ; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; else Title = Title .. TransError; end end

if is_set(Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end

if is_set (Conference) then if is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin ); end

if not is_set(Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time'];

if is_set(Minutes) then if is_set (Time) then table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if is_set(Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not is_set(TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ; end

Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Section = A['Section']; local Sections = A['Sections']; local Inset = A['Inset'];

if is_set( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end

if is_set( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif is_set( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end

if is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc else Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; end

Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";

if is_set (Translators) then Others = sepc .. ' Translated by ' .. Translators .. Others; end

TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition'); end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ; end

Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or ""; OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";

Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

------------------------------------ totally unrelated data if is_set(Via) then Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via); end

--[[ Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.

]] if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message else SubscriptionRequired = ; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y end

if is_set(AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text -- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end

if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end 

  	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then

ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID; end 

  	if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then					-- for cite report when |docket= is set

ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end

ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );

if is_set(URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin ); end

if is_set(Quote) then if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off end Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in ... tags PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end

local Archived if is_set(ArchiveURL) then if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date'); end if "no" == DeadURL then local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'], { external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); if not is_set(OriginalURL) then Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url'); end elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped' local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y' Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled end else local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, { set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); end elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = "" end

local Lay = ; if is_set(LayURL) then if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end if is_set(LaySource) then LaySource = " – " .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. ""; else LaySource = ""; end if sepc == '.' then Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate else Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate end elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message end

if is_set(Transcript) then if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin ); end

local Publisher; if is_set(Periodical) and not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then if is_set(PublisherName) then if is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName; else Publisher = PublisherName; end elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher= PublicationPlace; else Publisher = ""; end if is_set(PublicationDate) then if is_set(Publisher) then Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); else Publisher = PublicationDate; end end if is_set(Publisher) then Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")"; end else if is_set(PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")"; end if is_set(PublisherName) then if is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end end

-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) else Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) end end

--[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end

-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set

if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );

elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); else tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end

elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); end

elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end

if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end

local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;

if is_set(Date) then if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if is_set(Authors) then if is_set(Coauthors) then if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors; else Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors; end end if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set(Editors) then local in_text = " "; local post_text = ""; if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 else if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if is_set (Editors) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif is_set(Editors) then if is_set(Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end

if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); end

text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

-- Now enclose the whole thing in a element local options = {};

if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then options.class = config.CitationClass; options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= else options.class = "citation"; end

if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate local id = Ref if ('harv' == Ref ) then local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist = e; end id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor end options.id = id; end

if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then z.error_categories = {}; text = set_error('empty_citation'); z.message_tail = {}; end

if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in ... tags text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- when |ref= is set else text = substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}); -- all other cases end

text = text .. substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput}); -- append metadata to the citation

if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then text = text .. " "; for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do if is_set(v[1]) then if i == #z.message_tail then text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] ); else text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ); end end end end

if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then text = text .. ''; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now) end

no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower(); if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do text = text .. ; end for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories text = text .. ; end for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories text = text .. ; end end

return text end

--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------

This is used by templates such as Lua error: Cannot create process: proc_open(/home4/iltornan/lua/error.log): Failed to open stream: No such file or directory to create the actual citation text.

]]

function cs1.citation(frame) local pframe = frame:getParent() local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;

if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the Script error: You must specify a function to call. use sandbox version? cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');

else -- otherwise cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist'); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers'); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); end

utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;

is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities in_array = utilities.in_array; substitute = utilities.substitute; error_comment = utilities.error_comment; set_error = utilities.set_error; select_one = utilities.select_one; add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat; wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style; safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics; remove_wiki_link = utilities.remove_wiki_link;

z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list; is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;

make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages; COinS = metadata.COinS;


local args = {}; local suggestions = {}; local error_text, error_state;

local config = {}; for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do config[k] = v; args[k] = v; end

local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do if v ~= then if not validate( k ) then error_text = ""; if type( k ) ~= 'string' then -- Exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true ); end elseif validate( k:lower() ) then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the Script error: You must specify a function to call. use sandbox version? suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version else suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version end end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message end end if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion? if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); else error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); end end end if error_text ~= then table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); end end missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?

args[k] = v; elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then args[k] = v; end end

for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); end end return citation0( config, args) end

return cs1;

Retrieved from ‘http://rabastor.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1&oldid=4473’